Sema.h revision 053214013990ad8ec096dafc64aa7c0ad2b05bc0
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 579 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 580 581 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 582 /// have been declared. 583 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 584 585 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 586 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 587 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 588 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 589 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 590 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 591 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 592 /// run time. 593 Unevaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 596 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 597 /// cases in a switch statment). 598 ConstantEvaluated, 599 600 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 601 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 602 /// expression at run time. 603 PotentiallyEvaluated, 604 605 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 606 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 607 /// in fact the current expression is used. 608 /// 609 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 610 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 611 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 612 /// until the default argument is used. 613 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 614 }; 615 616 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 617 /// expression evaluation contexts. 618 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 619 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 620 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 621 622 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 623 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 624 625 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 626 bool IsDecltype; 627 628 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 629 /// this expression evaluation context. 630 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 631 632 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 633 634 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 635 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 636 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 637 638 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 639 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 640 /// default function argument. 641 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 642 643 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 644 /// within this context. 645 /// 646 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 647 /// do not have lambda expressions. 648 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 649 650 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 651 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 652 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 653 654 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 655 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 656 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 657 658 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 659 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 661 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 662 bool IsDecltype) 663 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 664 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 665 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 666 667 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 668 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 669 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 670 if (!LambdaMangle) 671 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 672 return *LambdaMangle; 673 } 674 }; 675 676 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 677 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 678 679 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 680 /// function. 681 /// 682 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 683 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 684 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 685 public: 686 enum Kind { 687 NoMemberOrDeleted, 688 Ambiguous, 689 Success 690 }; 691 692 private: 693 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 694 695 public: 696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 697 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 698 {} 699 700 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 701 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 702 703 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 704 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 705 }; 706 707 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 708 /// for C++ records. 709 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 710 711 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 712 /// 713 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 714 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 715 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 716 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 717 /// checks. 718 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 719 720 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 721 722 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 723 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 724 725 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 727 728 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 729 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 730 /// 731 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 732 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 733 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 734 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 735 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 736 737 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 738 // argument locations. 739 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 740 741 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 742 /// definition in this translation unit. 743 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 744 745 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 746 void getUndefinedButUsed( 747 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 748 749 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 750 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 751 752 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 753 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 754 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 755 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 756 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 757 758 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 759 /// of -Wselector. 760 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 761 762 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 763 enum CXXSpecialMember { 764 CXXDefaultConstructor, 765 CXXCopyConstructor, 766 CXXMoveConstructor, 767 CXXCopyAssignment, 768 CXXMoveAssignment, 769 CXXDestructor, 770 CXXInvalid 771 }; 772 773 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 774 775 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 776 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 777 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 778 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 779 780 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 781 782 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 783 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 784 785 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 786 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 787 /// should not be used elsewhere. 788 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 789 790 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 791 /// statements. 792 class FPContractStateRAII { 793 public: 794 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 795 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 796 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 797 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 798 } 799 private: 800 Sema& S; 801 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 802 }; 803 804public: 805 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 806 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 807 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 808 ~Sema(); 809 810 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 811 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 812 void Initialize(); 813 814 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 815 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 816 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 817 818 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 819 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 820 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 821 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 822 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 823 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 824 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 825 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 826 827 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 828 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 829 /// 830 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 831 /// 832 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 833 834 void PrintStats() const; 835 836 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 837 /// template instantiation stacks. 838 /// 839 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 840 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 841 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 842 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 843 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 844 /// well. 845 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 846 Sema &SemaRef; 847 unsigned DiagID; 848 849 public: 850 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 851 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 852 853 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 854 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 855 if (!isActive()) return; 856 857 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 858 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 859 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 860 // 861 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 862 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 863 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 864 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 865 // eliminate that code. 866 FlushCounts(); 867 Clear(); 868 869 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 870 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 871 } 872 }; 873 874 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 875 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 876 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 877 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 878 } 879 880 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 881 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 882 883 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 884 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 885 886 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 887 888 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 889 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 890 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 891 892 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 893 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 894 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 895 896 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 897 898 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 899 900 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 901 902 void PushFunctionScope(); 903 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 904 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 905 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 906 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 907 908 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 909 return FunctionScopes.back(); 910 } 911 912 void PushCompoundScope(); 913 void PopCompoundScope(); 914 915 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 916 917 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 918 919 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 920 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 921 922 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 923 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 924 925 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 926 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 927 928 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 929 930 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 931 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 932 // 933 934 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 935 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 936 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 937 } 938 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 939 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 940 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 943 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 944 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 946 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 947 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 948 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 949 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 950 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 951 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 952 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 953 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 954 SourceLocation Loc, 955 DeclarationName Entity); 956 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 957 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 958 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 959 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 960 961 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 962 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 963 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 964 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 965 966 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 967 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 968 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 969 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 970 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 971 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 972 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 973 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 974 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 975 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 976 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 977 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 978 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 979 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 980 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 981 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 982 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 983 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 984 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 985 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 986 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 987 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 988 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 989 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 990 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 991 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 992 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 993 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 994 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 995 996 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 997 998 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 999 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1000 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1001 1002 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1003 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1004 bool Suppressed; 1005 1006 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1007 1008 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1009 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1010 }; 1011 1012 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1013 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1014 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1015 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1016 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1017 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1018 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1019 return II; 1020 } 1021 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1022 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1023 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1024 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1025 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1026 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1027 1028 template<typename T1> 1029 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1030 unsigned DiagID; 1031 const T1 &Arg1; 1032 1033 public: 1034 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1035 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1036 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1037 if (Suppressed) return; 1038 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1039 } 1040 1041 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1042 }; 1043 1044 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1045 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1046 unsigned DiagID; 1047 const T1 &Arg1; 1048 const T2 &Arg2; 1049 1050 public: 1051 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1052 const T2 &Arg2) 1053 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1054 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1055 1056 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1057 if (Suppressed) return; 1058 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1059 } 1060 1061 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1062 }; 1063 1064 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1065 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1066 unsigned DiagID; 1067 const T1 &Arg1; 1068 const T2 &Arg2; 1069 const T3 &Arg3; 1070 1071 public: 1072 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1073 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1074 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1075 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1076 1077 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1078 if (Suppressed) return; 1079 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1080 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1081 } 1082 1083 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1084 }; 1085 1086 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1087 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1088 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1089 unsigned DiagID); 1090 1091 template<typename T1> 1092 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1093 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1094 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1095 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1096 } 1097 1098 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1099 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1100 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1101 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1102 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1103 } 1104 1105 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1106 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1107 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1108 const T3 &Arg3) { 1109 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1110 Arg3); 1111 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1112 } 1113 1114 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1115 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1116 1117 template<typename T1> 1118 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1119 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1120 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1121 } 1122 1123 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1124 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1125 const T2 &Arg2) { 1126 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1127 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1128 } 1129 1130 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1131 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1132 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1133 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1134 Arg3); 1135 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1136 } 1137 1138 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1139 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1140 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1141 1142 template<typename T1> 1143 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1144 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1145 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1146 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1147 } 1148 1149 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1150 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1151 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1152 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1153 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1154 } 1155 1156 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1157 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1158 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1159 const T3 &Arg3) { 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1161 Arg3); 1162 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1163 } 1164 1165 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1166 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1167 1168 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1169 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1170 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1171 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1172 SourceLocation Loc); 1173 1174 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1175 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1176 // 1177 1178 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1179 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1180 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1181 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1182 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1183 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1184 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1185 /// such as: 1186 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1187 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1188 1189 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1190 1191 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1192 1193 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1194 1195 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1196 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1197 bool isClassName = false, 1198 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1199 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1200 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1201 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1202 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1203 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1204 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1205 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1206 SourceLocation IILoc, 1207 Scope *S, 1208 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1209 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1210 1211 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1212 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1213 enum NameClassificationKind { 1214 NC_Unknown, 1215 NC_Error, 1216 NC_Keyword, 1217 NC_Type, 1218 NC_Expression, 1219 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1220 NC_TypeTemplate, 1221 NC_FunctionTemplate 1222 }; 1223 1224 class NameClassification { 1225 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1226 ExprResult Expr; 1227 TemplateName Template; 1228 ParsedType Type; 1229 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1230 1231 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1232 1233 public: 1234 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1235 1236 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1237 1238 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1239 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1240 1241 static NameClassification Error() { 1242 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1243 } 1244 1245 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1246 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1247 } 1248 1249 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1250 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1251 } 1252 1253 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1254 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1255 Result.Template = Name; 1256 return Result; 1257 } 1258 1259 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1260 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1261 Result.Template = Name; 1262 return Result; 1263 } 1264 1265 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1266 1267 ParsedType getType() const { 1268 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1269 return Type; 1270 } 1271 1272 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1273 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1274 return Expr; 1275 } 1276 1277 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1278 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1279 return Template; 1280 } 1281 1282 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1283 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1284 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1285 } 1286 }; 1287 1288 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1289 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1290 /// 1291 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1292 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1293 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1294 /// 1295 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1296 /// 1297 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1298 /// 1299 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1300 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1301 /// 1302 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1303 /// 1304 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1305 /// disambiguate the name. 1306 /// 1307 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1308 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1309 /// expression. 1310 /// 1311 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1312 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1313 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1314 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1315 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1316 const Token &NextToken, 1317 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1318 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1319 1320 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1321 1322 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1323 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1324 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1325 const LookupResult &Previous, 1326 Scope *S); 1327 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1328 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1329 DeclarationName Name, 1330 SourceLocation Loc); 1331 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1332 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1333 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1334 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1335 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1336 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1337 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1338 LookupResult &Previous); 1339 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1340 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1341 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1342 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1343 LookupResult &Previous, 1344 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1345 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1346 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1347 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1348 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1349 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1350 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1351 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1352 LookupResult &Previous, 1353 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1354 bool &AddToScope); 1355 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1356 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1357 1358 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1359 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1360 1361 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1362 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1363 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1364 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1365 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1366 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1367 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1368 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1369 SourceLocation Loc, 1370 QualType T); 1371 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1372 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1373 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1374 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1375 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1376 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1377 Expr *defarg); 1378 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1379 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1380 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1381 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1382 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1383 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1384 1385 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1386 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1387 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1388 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1389 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1390 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1391 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1392 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1393 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1394 Decl **Group, 1395 unsigned NumDecls); 1396 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1397 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1398 1399 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1400 /// documentation comments. 1401 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1402 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1403 1404 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1405 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1406 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1407 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1408 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1409 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1410 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1411 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1412 } 1413 1414 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1415 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1416 /// code for that function. 1417 /// 1418 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1419 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1420 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1421 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1422 1423 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1424 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1425 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1426 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1427 1428 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1429 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1430 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1431 1432 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1433 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1434 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1435 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1436 1437 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1438 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1439 /// specified threshold. 1440 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1441 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1442 QualType ReturnTy, 1443 NamedDecl *D); 1444 1445 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1446 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1447 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1448 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1449 1450 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1451 /// 1452 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1453 /// 1454 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1455 /// 1456 /// \param Path The module access path. 1457 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1458 ModuleIdPath Path); 1459 1460 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1461 /// source location. 1462 /// 1463 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1464 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1465 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1466 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1467 1468 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1469 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1470 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1471 } 1472 1473 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1474 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1475 const Preprocessor &PP); 1476 1477 /// Scope actions. 1478 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1479 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1480 1481 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1482 DeclSpec &DS); 1483 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1484 DeclSpec &DS, 1485 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1486 1487 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1488 AccessSpecifier AS, 1489 RecordDecl *Record); 1490 1491 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1492 RecordDecl *Record); 1493 1494 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1495 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1496 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1497 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1498 1499 enum TagUseKind { 1500 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1501 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1502 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1503 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1504 }; 1505 1506 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1507 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1508 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1509 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1510 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1511 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1512 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1513 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1514 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1515 1516 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1517 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1518 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1519 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1520 AttributeList *Attr, 1521 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1522 1523 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1524 unsigned TagSpec, 1525 TagUseKind TUK, 1526 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1527 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1528 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1529 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1530 1531 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1532 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1533 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1534 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1535 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1536 1537 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1538 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1539 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1540 AccessSpecifier AS); 1541 1542 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1543 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1544 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1545 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1546 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1547 SourceLocation TSSL, 1548 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1549 Declarator *D = 0); 1550 1551 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1552 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1553 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1554 bool Diagnose = false); 1555 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1556 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1557 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1558 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1559 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1560 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1561 1562 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1563 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1564 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1565 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1566 AttributeList *AttrList); 1567 1568 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1569 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1570 /// struct, or union). 1571 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1572 1573 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1574 1575 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1576 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1577 /// member declarations. 1578 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1579 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1580 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1581 1582 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1583 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1584 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1585 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1586 1587 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1588 1589 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1590 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1591 /// 1592 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1593 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1594 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1595 1596 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1597 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1598 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1599 1600 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1601 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1602 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1603 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1604 Expr *val); 1605 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1606 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1607 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1608 1609 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1610 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1611 AttributeList *Attrs, 1612 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1613 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1614 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1615 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1616 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1617 1618 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1619 1620 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1621 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1622 void PopDeclContext(); 1623 1624 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1625 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1626 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1627 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1628 1629 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1630 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1631 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1632 1633 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1634 1635 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1636 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1637 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1638 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1639 1640 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1641 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1642 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1643 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1644 1645 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1646 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1647 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1648 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1649 1650 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1651 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1652 1653 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1654 /// top level scope. 1655 /// 1656 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1657 /// 1658 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1659 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1660 1661 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1662 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1663 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1664 /// 1665 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1666 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1667 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1668 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1669 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1670 1671 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1672 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1673 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1674 1675 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1676 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1677 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1678 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1679 1680 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1681 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1682 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1683 VersionTuple Introduced, 1684 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1685 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1686 bool IsUnavailable, 1687 StringRef Message, 1688 bool Override, 1689 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1690 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1691 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1692 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1693 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1694 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1695 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1696 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1697 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1698 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1699 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1700 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1701 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1702 bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1703 bool Override); 1704 1705 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1706 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1707 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1708 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1709 AMK_None, 1710 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1711 /// an exact match. 1712 AMK_Redeclaration, 1713 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1714 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1715 AMK_Override 1716 }; 1717 1718 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1719 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1720 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1721 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1722 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1723 Scope *S); 1724 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1725 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1726 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1727 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1728 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1729 1730 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1731 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1732 enum AssignmentAction { 1733 AA_Assigning, 1734 AA_Passing, 1735 AA_Returning, 1736 AA_Converting, 1737 AA_Initializing, 1738 AA_Sending, 1739 AA_Casting 1740 }; 1741 1742 /// C++ Overloading. 1743 enum OverloadKind { 1744 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1745 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1746 Ovl_Overload, 1747 1748 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1749 /// an existing declaration. 1750 Ovl_Match, 1751 1752 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1753 /// non-function. 1754 Ovl_NonFunction 1755 }; 1756 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1757 FunctionDecl *New, 1758 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1759 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1760 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1761 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1762 1763 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1764 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1765 /// 1766 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1767 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1768 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1769 1770 ImplicitConversionSequence 1771 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1772 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1773 bool AllowExplicit, 1774 bool InOverloadResolution, 1775 bool CStyle, 1776 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1777 1778 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1779 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1780 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1781 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1782 bool InOverloadResolution, 1783 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1784 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1785 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1786 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1787 QualType &ConvertedType); 1788 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1789 QualType& ConvertedType); 1790 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1791 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1792 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1793 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1794 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1795 1796 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1797 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1798 CastKind &Kind, 1799 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1800 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1801 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1802 bool InOverloadResolution, 1803 QualType &ConvertedType); 1804 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1805 CastKind &Kind, 1806 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1807 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1808 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1809 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1810 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1811 QualType &ResultTy); 1812 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1813 1814 1815 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1816 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1817 QualType ResultType, 1818 Expr *Value, 1819 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1820 1821 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1822 ExprResult Init); 1823 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1824 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1825 ExprResult Init, 1826 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1827 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1828 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1829 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1830 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1831 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1832 1833 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1834 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1835 1836 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1837 enum CCEKind { 1838 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1839 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1840 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1841 }; 1842 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1843 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1844 1845 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1846 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1847 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1848 public: 1849 bool Suppress; 1850 bool SuppressConversion; 1851 1852 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1853 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1854 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1855 1856 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1857 /// integral or enumeration type. 1858 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1859 QualType T) = 0; 1860 1861 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1862 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1863 QualType T) = 0; 1864 1865 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1866 /// is explicit. 1867 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1868 QualType T, 1869 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1870 1871 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1872 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1873 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1874 1875 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1876 /// functions. 1877 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1878 QualType T) = 0; 1879 1880 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1881 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1882 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1883 1884 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1885 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1886 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1887 QualType T, 1888 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1889 1890 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1891 }; 1892 1893 ExprResult 1894 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1895 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1896 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1897 1898 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1899 OS_Array, 1900 OS_Dictionary, 1901 OS_Error 1902 }; 1903 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1904 1905 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1906 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1907 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1908 LK_Array, 1909 LK_Dictionary, 1910 LK_Numeric, 1911 LK_Boxed, 1912 LK_String, 1913 LK_Block, 1914 LK_None 1915 }; 1916 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1917 1918 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1919 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1920 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1921 NamedDecl *Member); 1922 1923 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1924 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1925 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1926 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1927 1928 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1929 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1930 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1931 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1932 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1933 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1934 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1935 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1936 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1937 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1938 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1939 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1940 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1941 QualType ObjectType, 1942 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1943 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1944 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1945 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1946 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1947 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1948 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1949 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1950 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1951 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1952 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1953 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1954 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1955 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1956 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1957 QualType ObjectType, 1958 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1959 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1960 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1961 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1962 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1963 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1964 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1965 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1966 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1967 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1968 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1969 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1970 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1971 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1972 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1973 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1974 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1975 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1976 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1977 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1978 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1979 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1980 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1981 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1982 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1983 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1984 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1985 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1986 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1987 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1988 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1989 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1990 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1991 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1992 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1993 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1994 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1995 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1996 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1997 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1998 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1999 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2000 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2001 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2002 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2003 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2004 2005 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2006 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2007 2008 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2009 // identified by the expression Expr 2010 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2011 2012 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2013 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2014 // R (A) --> R(A) 2015 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2016 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2017 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2018 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2019 2020 FunctionDecl * 2021 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2022 QualType TargetType, 2023 bool Complain, 2024 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2025 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2026 2027 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2028 bool Complain = false, 2029 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2030 2031 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2032 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2033 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2034 bool Complain = false, 2035 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2036 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2037 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2038 2039 2040 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2041 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2042 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2043 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2044 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2045 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2046 2047 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2048 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2049 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2050 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2051 2052 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2053 // range-based for loop. 2054 enum ForRangeStatus { 2055 FRS_Success, 2056 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2057 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2058 }; 2059 2060 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2061 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2062 enum BeginEndFunction { 2063 BEF_begin, 2064 BEF_end 2065 }; 2066 2067 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2068 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2069 VarDecl *Decl, 2070 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2071 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2072 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2073 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2074 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2075 2076 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2077 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2078 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2080 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2081 Expr *ExecConfig, 2082 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2083 2084 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2085 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2086 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2087 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2088 ExprResult *Result); 2089 2090 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2091 unsigned Opc, 2092 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2093 Expr *input); 2094 2095 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2096 unsigned Opc, 2097 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2098 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2099 2100 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2101 SourceLocation RLoc, 2102 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2103 2104 ExprResult 2105 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2106 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2107 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2108 ExprResult 2109 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2110 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2111 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2112 2113 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2114 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2115 2116 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2117 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2118 /// that best represents the call. 2119 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2120 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2121 2122 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2123 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2124 bool CheckParameterNames); 2125 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2126 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2127 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2128 2129 /// \name Name lookup 2130 /// 2131 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2132 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2133 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2134 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2135 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2136 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2137 /// 2138 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2139 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2140 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2141 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2142 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2143 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2144 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2145 /// 2146 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2147 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2148 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2149 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2150 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2151 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2152 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2153 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2154 //@{ 2155 2156 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2157 enum LookupNameKind { 2158 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2159 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2160 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2161 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2162 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2163 /// structs, and unions. 2164 LookupTagName, 2165 /// Label name lookup. 2166 LookupLabel, 2167 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2168 /// class/struct/union members. 2169 LookupMemberName, 2170 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2171 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2172 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2173 LookupOperatorName, 2174 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2175 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2176 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2177 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2178 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2179 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2180 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2181 LookupNamespaceName, 2182 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2183 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2184 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2185 LookupUsingDeclName, 2186 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2187 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2188 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2189 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2190 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2191 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2192 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2193 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2194 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2195 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2196 LookupAnyName 2197 }; 2198 2199 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2200 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2201 enum RedeclarationKind { 2202 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2203 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2204 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2205 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2206 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2207 ForRedeclaration 2208 }; 2209 2210 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2211 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2212 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2213 LOLR_Error, 2214 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2215 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2216 LOLR_Cooked, 2217 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2218 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2219 LOLR_Raw, 2220 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2221 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2222 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2223 LOLR_Template 2224 }; 2225 2226 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2227 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2228 bool ConstArg, 2229 bool VolatileArg, 2230 bool RValueThis, 2231 bool ConstThis, 2232 bool VolatileThis); 2233 2234private: 2235 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2236 2237 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2238 // 2239 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2240 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2241 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2242 2243 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2244 /// source. 2245 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2246 2247public: 2248 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2249 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2250 /// 2251 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2252 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2253 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2254 SourceLocation Loc, 2255 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2256 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2257 = NotForRedeclaration); 2258 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2259 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2260 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2261 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2262 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2263 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2264 bool EnteringContext = false); 2265 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2266 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2267 = NotForRedeclaration); 2268 2269 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2270 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2271 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2272 2273 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2274 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2275 2276 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2277 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2278 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2279 unsigned Quals); 2280 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2281 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2282 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2283 unsigned Quals); 2284 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2285 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2286 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2287 2288 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2289 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2290 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2291 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2292 2293 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2294 SourceLocation Loc, 2295 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2296 ADLResult &Functions); 2297 2298 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2299 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2300 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2301 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2302 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2303 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2304 2305 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2306 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2307 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2308 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2309 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2310 bool EnteringContext = false, 2311 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2312 2313 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2314 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2315 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2316 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2317 2318 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2319 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2320 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2321 2322 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2323 //@} 2324 2325 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2326 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2327 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2328 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2329 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2330 SourceLocation Loc); 2331 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2332 Scope *S); 2333 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2334 2335 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2336 2337 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2338 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2339 bool NonInheritable = true, 2340 bool Inheritable = true); 2341 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2342 bool NonInheritable = true, 2343 bool Inheritable = true, 2344 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2345 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2346 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2347 2348 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2349 2350 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2351 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2352 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2353 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2354 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2355 2356 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2357 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2358 SourceRange Range); 2359 2360 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2361 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2362 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2363 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2364 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2365 2366 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2367 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2368 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2369 2370 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2371 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2372 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2373 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2374 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2375 2376 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2377 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2378 2379 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2380 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2381 2382 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2383 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2384 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2385 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2386 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2387 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2388 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2389 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2390 2391 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2392 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2393 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2394 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2395 SourceLocation Loc); 2396 2397 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2398 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2399 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2400 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2401 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2402 2403 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2404 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2405 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2406 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2407 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2408 2409 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2410 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2411 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2413 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2414 2415 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2416 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2417 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2418 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2419 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2420 2421 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2422 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2423 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2424 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2425 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2426 2427 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2428 /// class extensions. 2429 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2430 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2431 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2432 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2433 Selector GetterSel, 2434 Selector SetterSel, 2435 const bool isAssign, 2436 const bool isReadWrite, 2437 const unsigned Attributes, 2438 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2439 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2440 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2441 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2442 2443 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2444 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2445 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2446 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2447 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2448 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2449 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2450 Selector GetterSel, 2451 Selector SetterSel, 2452 const bool isAssign, 2453 const bool isReadWrite, 2454 const unsigned Attributes, 2455 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2456 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2457 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2458 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2459 2460 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2461 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2462 /// setter or getter. 2463 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2464 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2465 2466 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2467 2468 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2469 2470 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2471 MMS_loose, 2472 MMS_strict 2473 }; 2474 2475 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2476 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2477 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2478 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2479 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2480 2481 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2482 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2483 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2484 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2485 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2486 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2487 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2488 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2489 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2490 bool ImmediateClass, 2491 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2492 2493 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2494 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2495 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2496 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2497 2498 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2499 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2500 2501private: 2502 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2503 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2504 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2505 2506 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2507 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2508 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2509 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2510 bool warn, bool instance); 2511 2512public: 2513 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2514 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2515 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2516 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2517 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2518 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2519 } 2520 2521 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2522 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2523 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2524 } 2525 2526 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2527 /// pool. 2528 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2529 2530 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2531 /// there are multiple signatures. 2532 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2533 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2534 bool warn=true) { 2535 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2536 warn, /*instance*/true); 2537 } 2538 2539 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2540 /// there are multiple signatures. 2541 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2542 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2543 bool warn=true) { 2544 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2545 warn, /*instance*/false); 2546 } 2547 2548 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2549 /// implementation. 2550 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2551 2552 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2553 /// initialization. 2554 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2555 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2556 2557 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2558 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2559public: 2560 class FullExprArg { 2561 public: 2562 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2563 2564 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2565 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2566 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2567 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2568 2569 ExprResult release() { 2570 return E; 2571 } 2572 2573 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2574 2575 Expr *operator->() { 2576 return E; 2577 } 2578 2579 private: 2580 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2581 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2582 friend class Sema; 2583 2584 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2585 2586 Expr *E; 2587 }; 2588 2589 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2590 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2591 } 2592 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2593 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2594 } 2595 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2596 ExprResult FE = 2597 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2598 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2599 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2600 } 2601 2602 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2603 2604 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2605 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2606 2607 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2608 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2609 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2610 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2611 bool isStmtExpr); 2612 2613 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2614 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2615 public: 2616 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2617 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2618 } 2619 2620 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2621 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2622 } 2623 2624 private: 2625 Sema &S; 2626 }; 2627 2628 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2629 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2630 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2631 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2632 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2633 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2634 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2635 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2636 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2637 2638 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2639 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2640 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2641 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2642 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2643 2644 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2645 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2646 Stmt *SubStmt); 2647 2648 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2649 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2650 Stmt *ThenVal, 2651 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2652 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2653 Expr *Cond, 2654 Decl *CondVar); 2655 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2656 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2657 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2658 FullExprArg Cond, 2659 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2660 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2661 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2662 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2663 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2664 2665 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2666 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2667 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2668 Decl *SecondVar, 2669 FullExprArg Third, 2670 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2671 Stmt *Body); 2672 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2673 Expr *collection); 2674 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2675 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2676 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2677 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2678 2679 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2680 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2681 BFRK_Build, 2682 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2683 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2684 BFRK_Rebuild, 2685 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2686 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2687 BFRK_Check 2688 }; 2689 2690 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2691 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2692 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2693 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2694 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2695 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2696 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2697 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2698 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2699 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2700 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2701 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2702 2703 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2704 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2705 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2706 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2707 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2708 Expr *DestExp); 2709 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2710 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2711 2712 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2713 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2714 2715 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2716 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2717 2718 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2719 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2720 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2721 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2722 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2723 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2724 2725 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2726 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2727 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2728 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2729 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2730 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2731 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2732 2733 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2734 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2735 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2736 bool Invalid = false); 2737 2738 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2739 2740 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2741 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2742 2743 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2744 2745 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2746 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2747 2748 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2749 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2750 Scope *CurScope); 2751 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2752 Expr *operand); 2753 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2754 Expr *SynchExpr, 2755 Stmt *SynchBody); 2756 2757 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2758 2759 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2760 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2761 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2762 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2763 2764 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2765 2766 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2767 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2768 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2769 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2770 2771 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2772 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2773 Stmt *TryBlock, 2774 Stmt *Handler); 2775 2776 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2777 Expr *FilterExpr, 2778 Stmt *Block); 2779 2780 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2781 Stmt *Block); 2782 2783 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2784 2785 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2786 2787 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2788 /// of it. 2789 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2790 2791 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2792 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2793 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2794 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2795 2796 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2797 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2798 /// 2799 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2800 /// if (condition); 2801 /// do_stuff(); 2802 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2803 const Stmt *Body, 2804 unsigned DiagID); 2805 2806 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2807 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2808 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2809 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2810 2811 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2812 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2813 } 2814 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2815 2816 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2817 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2818 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2819 } 2820 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2821 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2822 } 2823 2824 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2825 2826 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2827 SourceLocation Loc, 2828 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2829 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2830 2831 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2832 2833 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2834 StringRef message); 2835 2836 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2837 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2838 2839 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2840 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2841 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2842 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2843 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2844 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2845 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2846 SourceLocation Loc); 2847 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2848 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2849 2850 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2851 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2852 bool IsDecltype = false); 2853 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2854 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2855 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2856 bool IsDecltype = false); 2857 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2858 2859 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2860 2861 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2862 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2863 2864 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2865 2866 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2867 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2868 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2869 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2870 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2871 // named expressions. 2872 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2873 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2874 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2875 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2876 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2877 2878 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2879 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2880 2881 enum TryCaptureKind { 2882 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2883 }; 2884 2885 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2886 /// 2887 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2888 /// 2889 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2890 /// 2891 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2892 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2893 /// 2894 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2895 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2896 /// 2897 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2898 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2899 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2900 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2901 /// 2902 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2903 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2904 /// variable can be captured. 2905 /// 2906 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2907 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2908 /// captured. 2909 /// 2910 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2911 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2912 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2913 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2914 QualType &CaptureType, 2915 QualType &DeclRefType); 2916 2917 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2918 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2919 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2920 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2921 2922 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2923 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2924 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2925 2926 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2927 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2928 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2929 2930 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2931 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2932 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2933 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2934 bool ForceComplain = false, 2935 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2936 2937 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2938 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2939 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2940 2941 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2942 /// evaluation context. 2943 /// 2944 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2945 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2946 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2947 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2948 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2949 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2950 2951 // Primary Expressions. 2952 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2953 2954 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2955 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2956 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2957 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2958 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2959 2960 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2961 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2962 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2963 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2964 2965 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2966 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2967 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2968 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2969 2970 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2971 IdentifierInfo *II, 2972 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2973 2974 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2975 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2976 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2977 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2978 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2979 2980 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2981 ExprValueKind VK, 2982 SourceLocation Loc, 2983 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2984 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2985 ExprValueKind VK, 2986 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2987 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2988 ExprResult 2989 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2990 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2991 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2992 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2993 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2994 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2995 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2996 LookupResult &R, 2997 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2998 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2999 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3000 LookupResult &R, 3001 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3002 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3003 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3004 const LookupResult &R, 3005 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3006 3007 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3008 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3009 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3010 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3011 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3012 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3013 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3014 3015 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3016 LookupResult &R, 3017 bool NeedsADL); 3018 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3019 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3020 NamedDecl *D); 3021 3022 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3023 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3024 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3025 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3026 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3027 3028 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3029 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3030 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3031 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3032 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3033 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3034 SourceLocation R, 3035 MultiExprArg Val); 3036 3037 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3038 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3039 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3040 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3041 3042 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3043 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3044 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3045 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3046 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3047 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3048 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3049 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3050 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3051 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3052 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3053 Expr **Exprs, 3054 unsigned NumAssocs); 3055 3056 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3057 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3058 Expr *InputExpr); 3059 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3060 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3061 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3062 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3063 3064 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3065 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3066 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3067 SourceRange R); 3068 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3069 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3070 ExprResult 3071 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3072 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3073 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3074 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3075 3076 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3077 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3078 3079 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3080 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3081 SourceRange ExprRange, 3082 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3083 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3084 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3085 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3086 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3087 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3088 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3089 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3090 3091 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3092 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3093 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3094 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3095 3096 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3097 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3098 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3099 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3100 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3101 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3102 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3103 3104 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3105 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3106 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3107 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3108 // defines a custom operator->). 3109 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3110 Scope *S; 3111 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3112 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3113 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3114 }; 3115 3116 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3117 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3118 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3119 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3120 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3121 LookupResult &R, 3122 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3123 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3124 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3125 3126 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3127 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3128 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3129 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3130 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3131 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3132 3133 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3134 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3135 const LookupResult &R); 3136 3137 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3138 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3139 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3140 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3141 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3142 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3143 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3144 3145 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3146 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3147 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3148 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3149 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3150 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3151 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3152 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3153 3154 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3155 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3156 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3157 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3158 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3159 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3160 bool ExecConfig = false); 3161 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3162 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3163 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3164 3165 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3166 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3167 /// locations. 3168 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3169 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3170 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3171 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3172 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3173 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3174 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3175 Expr *Config = 0, 3176 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3177 3178 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3179 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3180 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3181 3182 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3183 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3184 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3185 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3186 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3187 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3188 Expr *Op); 3189 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3190 3191 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3192 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3193 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3194 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3195 3196 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3197 3198 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3199 ParsedType Ty, 3200 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3201 Expr *InitExpr); 3202 3203 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3204 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3205 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3206 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3207 3208 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3209 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3210 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3211 3212 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3213 SourceLocation Loc, 3214 bool GNUSyntax, 3215 ExprResult Init); 3216 3217 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3218 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3219 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3220 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3221 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3222 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3223 3224 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3225 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3226 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3227 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3228 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3229 3230 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3231 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3232 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3233 3234 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3235 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3236 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3237 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3238 3239 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3240 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3241 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3242 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3243 union { 3244 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3245 Expr *E; 3246 } U; 3247 }; 3248 3249 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3250 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3251 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3252 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3253 unsigned NumComponents, 3254 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3255 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3256 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3257 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3258 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3259 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3260 unsigned NumComponents, 3261 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3262 3263 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3264 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3265 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3266 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3267 3268 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3269 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3270 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3271 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3272 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3273 3274 // __null 3275 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3276 3277 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3278 3279 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3280 enum IfExistsResult { 3281 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3282 IER_Exists, 3283 3284 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3285 IER_DoesNotExist, 3286 3287 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3288 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3289 IER_Dependent, 3290 3291 /// \brief An error occurred. 3292 IER_Error 3293 }; 3294 3295 IfExistsResult 3296 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3297 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3298 3299 IfExistsResult 3300 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3301 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3302 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3303 3304 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3305 bool IsIfExists, 3306 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3307 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3308 Stmt *Nested); 3309 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3310 bool IsIfExists, 3311 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3312 Stmt *Nested); 3313 3314 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3315 3316 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3317 /// started. 3318 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3319 3320 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3321 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3322 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3323 Scope *CurScope); 3324 3325 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3326 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3327 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3328 3329 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3330 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3331 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3332 Scope *CurScope); 3333 3334 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3335 3336 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3337 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3338 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3339 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3340 3341 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3342 3343 // Act on C++ namespaces 3344 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3345 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3346 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3347 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3348 SourceLocation LBrace, 3349 AttributeList *AttrList); 3350 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3351 3352 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3353 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3354 3355 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3356 3357 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3358 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3359 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3360 3361 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3362 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3363 /// 3364 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3365 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3366 3367 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3368 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3369 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3370 3371 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3372 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3373 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3374 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3375 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3376 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3377 AttributeList *AttrList); 3378 3379 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3380 3381 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3382 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3383 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3384 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3385 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3386 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3387 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3388 3389 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3390 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3391 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3392 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3393 NamedDecl *Target); 3394 3395 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3396 bool isTypeName, 3397 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3398 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3399 const LookupResult &Previous); 3400 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3401 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3402 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3403 3404 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3405 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3406 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3407 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3408 AttributeList *AttrList, 3409 bool IsInstantiation, 3410 bool IsTypeName, 3411 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3412 3413 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3414 3415 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3416 AccessSpecifier AS, 3417 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3418 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3419 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3420 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3421 AttributeList *AttrList, 3422 bool IsTypeName, 3423 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3424 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3425 AccessSpecifier AS, 3426 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3427 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3428 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3429 TypeResult Type); 3430 3431 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3432 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3433 /// 3434 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3435 ExprResult 3436 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3437 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3438 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3439 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3440 SourceRange ParenRange); 3441 3442 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3443 // the constructor can be elidable? 3444 ExprResult 3445 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3446 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3447 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3448 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3449 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3450 3451 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3452 /// the default expr if needed. 3453 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3454 FunctionDecl *FD, 3455 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3456 3457 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3458 /// constructed variable. 3459 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3460 3461 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3462 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3463 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3464 // Pointer to allow copying 3465 Sema *Self; 3466 // We order exception specifications thus: 3467 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3468 // throw() comes next. 3469 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3470 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3471 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3472 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3473 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3474 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3475 3476 void ClearExceptions() { 3477 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3478 Exceptions.clear(); 3479 } 3480 3481 public: 3482 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3483 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3484 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3485 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3486 } 3487 3488 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3489 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3490 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3491 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3492 return ComputedEST; 3493 } 3494 3495 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3496 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3497 3498 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3499 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3500 3501 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3502 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3503 3504 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3505 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3506 3507 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3508 /// computed exception specification. 3509 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3510 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3511 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3512 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3513 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3514 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3515 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3516 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3517 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3518 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3519 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3520 tok::kw_false).take(); 3521 } 3522 } 3523 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3524 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3525 getEPI(EPI); 3526 return EPI; 3527 } 3528 }; 3529 3530 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3531 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3532 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3533 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3534 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3535 3536 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3537 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3538 /// will be const. 3539 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3540 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3541 3542 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3543 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3544 /// parameter will be const. 3545 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3546 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3547 3548 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3549 /// constructor of a class will have. 3550 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3551 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3552 3553 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3554 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3555 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3556 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3557 3558 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3559 /// destructor of a class will have. 3560 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3561 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3562 3563 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3564 /// special member function. 3565 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3566 3567 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3568 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3569 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3570 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3571 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3572 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3573 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3574 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3575 3576 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3577 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3578 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3579 bool Diagnose = false); 3580 3581 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3582 /// 3583 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3584 /// default constructor will be added. 3585 /// 3586 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3587 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3588 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3589 3590 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3591 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3592 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3593 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3594 3595 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3596 /// 3597 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3598 /// destructor will be added. 3599 /// 3600 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3601 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3602 3603 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3604 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3605 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3606 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3607 3608 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3609 /// 3610 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3611 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3612 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3613 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3614 3615 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3616 /// 3617 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3618 /// constructors will be added. 3619 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3620 3621 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3622 /// 3623 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3624 /// copy constructor will be added. 3625 /// 3626 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3627 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3628 3629 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3630 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3631 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3632 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3633 3634 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3635 /// 3636 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3637 /// move constructor will be added. 3638 /// 3639 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3640 /// declared. 3641 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3642 3643 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3644 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3645 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3646 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3647 3648 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3649 /// 3650 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3651 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3652 /// 3653 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3654 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3655 3656 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3657 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3658 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3659 3660 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3661 /// 3662 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3663 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3664 /// 3665 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3666 /// wasn't declared. 3667 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3668 3669 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3670 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3671 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3672 3673 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3674 /// class. 3675 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3676 3677 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3678 /// special member function. 3679 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3680 3681 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3682 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3683 /// 3684 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3685 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3686 3687 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3688 /// member function. 3689 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3690 3691 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3692 /// static member function. 3693 /// 3694 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3695 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3696 3697 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3698 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3699 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3700 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3701 3702 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3703 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3704 SourceLocation Loc, 3705 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3706 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3707 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3708 3709 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3710 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3712 ParsedType ObjectType, 3713 bool EnteringContext); 3714 3715 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3716 3717 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3718 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3719 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3720 3721 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3722 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3723 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3724 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3725 Declarator &D, 3726 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3727 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3728 Expr *E, 3729 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3730 3731 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3732 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3733 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3734 Expr *E, 3735 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3736 SourceRange Parens); 3737 3738 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3739 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3740 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3741 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3742 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3743 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3744 Expr *Operand, 3745 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3746 3747 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3748 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3749 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3750 void *TyOrExpr, 3751 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3752 3753 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3754 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3755 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3756 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3757 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3758 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3759 Expr *Operand, 3760 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3761 3762 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3763 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3764 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3765 void *TyOrExpr, 3766 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3767 3768 3769 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3770 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3771 3772 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3773 /// 3774 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3775 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3776 3777 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3778 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3779 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3780 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3781 3782 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3783 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3784 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3785 Sema &S; 3786 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3787 bool Enabled; 3788 3789 public: 3790 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3791 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3792 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3793 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3794 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3795 bool Enabled = true); 3796 3797 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3798 }; 3799 3800 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3801 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3802 /// 3803 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3804 /// 3805 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3806 /// capture list. 3807 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3808 3809 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3810 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3811 /// being defined. 3812 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3813 3814 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3815 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3816 3817 3818 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3819 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3820 3821 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3822 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3823 3824 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3825 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3826 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3827 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3828 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3829 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3830 3831 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3832 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3833 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3834 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3835 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3836 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3837 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3838 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3839 3840 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3841 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3842 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3843 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3844 3845 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3846 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3847 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3848 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3849 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3850 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3851 Expr *Initializer); 3852 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3853 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3854 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3855 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3856 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3857 QualType AllocType, 3858 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3859 Expr *ArraySize, 3860 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3861 Expr *Initializer, 3862 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3863 3864 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3865 SourceRange R); 3866 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3867 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3868 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3869 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3870 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3871 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3872 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3873 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3874 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3875 bool Diagnose = true); 3876 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3877 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3878 QualType Argument, 3879 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3880 3881 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3882 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3883 bool Diagnose = true); 3884 3885 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3886 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3887 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3888 Expr *Operand); 3889 3890 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3891 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3892 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3893 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3894 3895 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3896 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3897 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3898 SourceLocation RParen); 3899 3900 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3901 /// pseudo-functions. 3902 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3903 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3904 ParsedType Ty, 3905 SourceLocation RParen); 3906 3907 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3908 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3909 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3910 SourceLocation RParen); 3911 3912 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3913 /// pseudo-functions. 3914 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3915 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3916 ParsedType LhsTy, 3917 ParsedType RhsTy, 3918 SourceLocation RParen); 3919 3920 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3921 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3922 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3923 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3924 SourceLocation RParen); 3925 3926 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3927 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3928 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3929 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3930 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3931 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3932 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3933 3934 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3935 /// pseudo-functions. 3936 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3937 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3938 ParsedType LhsTy, 3939 Expr *DimExpr, 3940 SourceLocation RParen); 3941 3942 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3943 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3944 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3945 Expr *DimExpr, 3946 SourceLocation RParen); 3947 3948 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3949 /// pseudo-functions. 3950 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3951 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3952 Expr *Queried, 3953 SourceLocation RParen); 3954 3955 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3956 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3957 Expr *Queried, 3958 SourceLocation RParen); 3959 3960 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3961 Expr *Base, 3962 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3963 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3964 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3965 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3966 3967 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3968 3969 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3970 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3971 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3972 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3973 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3974 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3975 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3976 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3977 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3978 3979 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3980 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3981 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3982 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3983 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3984 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3985 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3986 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3987 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3988 3989 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3990 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3991 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3992 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3993 const DeclSpec& DS, 3994 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3995 3996 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3997 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3998 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3999 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4000 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4001 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4002 4003 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4004 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4005 : SourceLocation()); 4006 } 4007 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4008 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4009 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4010 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4011 4012 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4013 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4014 4015 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4016 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4017 bool EnteringContext = false); 4018 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4019 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4020 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4021 4022 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4023 /// 4024 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4025 /// 4026 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4027 /// 4028 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4029 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4030 /// 4031 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4032 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4033 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4034 4035 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4036 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4037 4038 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4039 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4040 IdentifierInfo &II, 4041 ParsedType ObjectType); 4042 4043 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4044 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4045 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4046 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4047 QualType ObjectType, 4048 bool EnteringContext, 4049 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4050 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4051 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4052 4053 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4054 /// 4055 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4056 /// 4057 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4058 /// 4059 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4060 /// 4061 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4062 /// 4063 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4064 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4065 /// 4066 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4067 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4068 /// 4069 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4070 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4071 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4072 /// including this new type). 4073 /// 4074 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4075 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4076 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4077 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4078 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4079 ParsedType ObjectType, 4080 bool EnteringContext, 4081 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4082 4083 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4084 4085 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4086 const DeclSpec &DS, 4087 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4088 4089 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4090 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4091 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4092 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4093 ParsedType ObjectType, 4094 bool EnteringContext); 4095 4096 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4097 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4098 /// 4099 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4100 /// 4101 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4102 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4103 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4104 /// including this new type). 4105 /// 4106 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4107 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4108 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4109 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4110 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4111 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4112 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4113 /// 4114 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4115 /// nested-name-specifier. 4116 /// 4117 /// 4118 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4119 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4120 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4121 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4122 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4123 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4124 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4125 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4126 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4127 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4128 bool EnteringContext); 4129 4130 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4131 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4132 /// nested-name-specifier. 4133 /// 4134 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4135 /// 4136 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4137 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4138 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4139 4140 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4141 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4142 /// 4143 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4144 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4145 /// 4146 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4147 /// 4148 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4149 /// of the annotation pointer. 4150 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4151 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4152 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4153 4154 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4155 4156 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4157 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4158 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4159 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4160 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4161 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4162 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4163 4164 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4165 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4166 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4167 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4168 /// defining scope. 4169 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4170 4171 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4172 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4173 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4174 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4175 /// class X. 4176 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4177 4178 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4179 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4180 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4181 4182 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4183 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4184 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4185 bool KnownDependent); 4186 4187 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4188 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4189 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4190 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4191 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4192 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4193 4194 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4195 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4196 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4197 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4198 bool ExplicitParams, 4199 bool ExplicitResultType, 4200 bool Mutable); 4201 4202 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4203 /// given lambda. 4204 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4205 4206 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4207 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4208 4209 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4210 /// statements present in the body. 4211 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4212 4213 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4214 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4215 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4216 /// lambda. 4217 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4218 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4219 4220 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4221 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4222 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4223 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4224 4225 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4226 /// was successfully completed. 4227 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4228 Scope *CurScope, 4229 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4230 4231 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4232 /// function pointer. 4233 /// 4234 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4235 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4236 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4237 /// block pointer conversion. 4238 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4239 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4240 4241 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4242 /// block pointer. 4243 /// 4244 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4245 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4246 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4247 /// block pointer conversion. 4248 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4249 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4250 4251 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4252 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4253 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4254 Expr *Src); 4255 4256 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4257 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4258 Expr **Strings, 4259 unsigned NumStrings); 4260 4261 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4262 4263 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4264 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4265 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4266 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4267 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4268 bool Value); 4269 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4270 4271 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4272 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4273 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4274 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4275 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4276 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4277 4278 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4279 Expr *IndexExpr, 4280 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4281 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4282 4283 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4284 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4285 unsigned NumElements); 4286 4287 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4288 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4289 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4290 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4291 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4292 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4293 4294 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4295 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4296 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4297 ParsedType Ty, 4298 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4299 4300 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4301 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4302 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4303 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4304 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4305 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4306 4307 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4308 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4309 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4310 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4311 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4312 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4313 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4314 4315 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4316 // C++ Declarations 4317 // 4318 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4319 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4320 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4321 StringRef Lang, 4322 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4323 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4324 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4325 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4326 4327 4328 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4329 // C++ Classes 4330 // 4331 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4332 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4333 4334 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4335 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4336 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4337 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4338 4339 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4340 Declarator &D, 4341 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4342 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4343 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4344 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4345 Expr *Init); 4346 4347 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4348 Scope *S, 4349 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4350 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4351 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4352 const DeclSpec &DS, 4353 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4354 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4355 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4356 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4357 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4358 4359 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4360 Scope *S, 4361 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4362 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4363 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4364 const DeclSpec &DS, 4365 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4366 Expr *InitList, 4367 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4368 4369 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4370 Scope *S, 4371 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4372 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4373 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4374 const DeclSpec &DS, 4375 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4376 Expr *Init, 4377 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4378 4379 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4380 Expr *Init, 4381 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4382 4383 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4384 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4385 Expr *Init, 4386 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4387 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4388 4389 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4390 Expr *Init, 4391 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4392 4393 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4394 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4395 4396 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4397 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4398 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4399 4400 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4401 4402 4403 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4404 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4405 /// referenced. 4406 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4407 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4408 4409 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4410 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4411 /// first use occurred. 4412 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4413 4414 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4415 /// materialized. 4416 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4417 4418 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4419 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4420 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4421 /// by code generation). 4422 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4423 4424 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4425 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4426 4427 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4428 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4429 DynamicClassesType; 4430 4431 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4432 /// unit. 4433 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4434 4435 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4436 /// given location. 4437 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4438 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4439 4440 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4441 /// in the given class as needed. 4442 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4443 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4444 4445 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4446 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4447 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4448 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4449 4450 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4451 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4452 /// vtables. 4453 /// 4454 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4455 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4456 4457 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4458 4459 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4460 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4461 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4462 bool AnyErrors); 4463 4464 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4465 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4466 Decl *TagDecl, 4467 SourceLocation LBrac, 4468 SourceLocation RBrac, 4469 AttributeList *AttrList); 4470 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4471 4472 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4473 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4474 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4475 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4476 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4477 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4478 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4479 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4480 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4481 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4482 4483 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4484 Expr *AssertExpr, 4485 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4486 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4487 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4488 Expr *AssertExpr, 4489 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4490 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4491 bool Failed); 4492 4493 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4494 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4495 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4496 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4497 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4498 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4499 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4500 4501 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4502 StorageClass& SC); 4503 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4504 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4505 StorageClass& SC); 4506 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4507 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4508 StorageClass& SC); 4509 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4510 4511 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4512 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4513 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4514 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4515 4516 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4517 // C++ Derived Classes 4518 // 4519 4520 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4521 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4522 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4523 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4524 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4525 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4526 4527 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4528 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4529 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4530 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4531 ParsedType basetype, 4532 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4533 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4534 4535 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4536 unsigned NumBases); 4537 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4538 unsigned NumBases); 4539 4540 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4541 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4542 4543 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4544 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4545 4546 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4547 4548 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4549 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4550 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4551 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4552 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4553 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4554 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4555 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4556 DeclarationName Name, 4557 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4558 4559 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4560 4561 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4562 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4563 4564 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4565 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4566 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4567 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4568 4569 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4570 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4571 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4572 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4573 4574 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4575 4576 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4577 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4578 4579 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4580 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4581 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4582 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4583 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4584 4585 4586 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4587 // C++ Access Control 4588 // 4589 4590 enum AccessResult { 4591 AR_accessible, 4592 AR_inaccessible, 4593 AR_dependent, 4594 AR_delayed 4595 }; 4596 4597 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4598 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4599 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4600 4601 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4602 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4603 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4604 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4605 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4606 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4607 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4608 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4609 bool Diagnose = true); 4610 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4611 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4612 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4613 AccessSpecifier Access, 4614 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4615 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4616 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4617 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4618 AccessSpecifier Access, 4619 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4620 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4621 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4622 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4623 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4624 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4625 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4626 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4627 Expr *ArgExpr, 4628 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4629 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4630 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4631 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4632 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4633 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4634 unsigned DiagID, 4635 bool ForceCheck = false, 4636 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4637 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4638 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4639 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4640 AccessSpecifier access, 4641 QualType objectType); 4642 4643 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4644 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4645 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4646 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4647 4648 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4649 4650 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4651 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4652 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4653 4654 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4655 AbstractNone = -1, 4656 AbstractReturnType, 4657 AbstractParamType, 4658 AbstractVariableType, 4659 AbstractFieldType, 4660 AbstractIvarType, 4661 AbstractArrayType 4662 }; 4663 4664 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4665 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4666 template<typename T1> 4667 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4668 unsigned DiagID, 4669 const T1 &Arg1) { 4670 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4671 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4672 } 4673 4674 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4675 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4676 unsigned DiagID, 4677 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4678 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4679 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4680 } 4681 4682 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4683 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4684 unsigned DiagID, 4685 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4686 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4687 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4688 } 4689 4690 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4691 4692 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4693 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4694 4695 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4696 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4697 // 4698 4699 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4700 4701 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4702 4703 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4704 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4705 // 4706 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4707 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4708 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4709 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4710 4711 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4712 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4713 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4714 4715 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4716 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4717 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4718 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4719 ParsedType ObjectType, 4720 bool EnteringContext, 4721 TemplateTy &Template, 4722 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4723 4724 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4725 SourceLocation IILoc, 4726 Scope *S, 4727 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4728 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4729 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4730 4731 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4732 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4733 4734 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4735 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4736 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4737 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4738 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4739 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4740 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4741 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4742 4743 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4744 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4745 unsigned Depth, 4746 unsigned Position, 4747 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4748 Expr *DefaultArg); 4749 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4750 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4751 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4752 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4753 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4754 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4755 unsigned Depth, 4756 unsigned Position, 4757 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4758 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4759 4760 TemplateParameterList * 4761 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4762 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4763 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4764 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4765 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4766 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4767 4768 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4769 /// list. 4770 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4771 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4772 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4773 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4774 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4775 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4776 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4777 }; 4778 4779 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4780 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4781 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4782 TemplateParameterList * 4783 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4784 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4785 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4786 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4787 unsigned NumParamLists, 4788 bool IsFriend, 4789 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4790 bool &Invalid); 4791 4792 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4793 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4794 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4795 AttributeList *Attr, 4796 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4797 AccessSpecifier AS, 4798 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4799 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4800 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4801 4802 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4803 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4804 4805 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4806 4807 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4808 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4809 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4810 4811 TypeResult 4812 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4813 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4814 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4815 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4816 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4817 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4818 4819 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4820 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4821 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4822 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4823 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4824 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4825 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4826 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4827 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4828 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4829 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4830 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4831 4832 4833 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4834 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4835 LookupResult &R, 4836 bool RequiresADL, 4837 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4838 4839 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4840 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4841 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4842 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4843 4844 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4845 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4846 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4847 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4848 ParsedType ObjectType, 4849 bool EnteringContext, 4850 TemplateTy &Template); 4851 4852 DeclResult 4853 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4854 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4855 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4856 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4857 TemplateTy Template, 4858 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4859 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4860 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4861 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4862 AttributeList *Attr, 4863 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4864 4865 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4866 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4867 Declarator &D); 4868 4869 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4870 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4871 Declarator &D); 4872 4873 bool 4874 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4875 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4876 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4877 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4878 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4879 bool &SuppressNew); 4880 4881 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4882 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4883 LookupResult &Previous); 4884 4885 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4886 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4887 LookupResult &Previous); 4888 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4889 4890 DeclResult 4891 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4892 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4893 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4894 unsigned TagSpec, 4895 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4896 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4897 TemplateTy Template, 4898 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4899 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4900 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4901 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4902 AttributeList *Attr); 4903 4904 DeclResult 4905 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4906 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4907 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4908 unsigned TagSpec, 4909 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4910 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4911 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4912 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4913 AttributeList *Attr); 4914 4915 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4916 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4917 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4918 Declarator &D); 4919 4920 TemplateArgumentLoc 4921 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4922 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4923 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4924 Decl *Param, 4925 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4926 4927 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4928 /// argument is being checked. 4929 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4930 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4931 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4932 CTAK_Specified, 4933 4934 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4935 /// deduction. 4936 CTAK_Deduced, 4937 4938 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4939 /// via template argument deduction. 4940 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4941 }; 4942 4943 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4944 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4945 NamedDecl *Template, 4946 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4947 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4948 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4949 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4950 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4951 4952 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4953 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4954 /// 4955 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4956 /// provided. 4957 /// 4958 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4959 /// 4960 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4961 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4962 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4963 /// arguments. 4964 /// 4965 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4966 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4967 /// set of template arguments. 4968 /// 4969 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4970 /// arguments. 4971 /// 4972 /// 4973 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4974 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4975 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4976 /// 4977 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4978 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4979 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4980 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4981 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4982 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4983 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4984 4985 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4986 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4987 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4988 4989 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4990 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4991 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4992 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4993 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4994 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4995 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4996 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4997 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4998 4999 ExprResult 5000 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5001 QualType ParamType, 5002 SourceLocation Loc); 5003 ExprResult 5004 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5005 SourceLocation Loc); 5006 5007 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5008 /// for equality. 5009 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5010 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5011 /// that might be redeclarations. 5012 /// 5013 /// \code 5014 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5015 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5016 /// \endcode 5017 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5018 5019 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5020 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5021 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5022 /// 5023 /// \code 5024 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5025 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5026 /// \endcode 5027 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5028 5029 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5030 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5031 /// template parameter. 5032 /// 5033 /// \code 5034 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5035 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5036 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5037 /// \endcode 5038 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5039 }; 5040 5041 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5042 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5043 bool Complain, 5044 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5045 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5046 = SourceLocation()); 5047 5048 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5049 5050 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5051 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5052 /// 5053 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5054 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5055 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5056 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5057 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5058 TypeResult 5059 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5060 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5061 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5062 5063 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5064 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5065 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5066 /// 5067 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5068 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5069 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5070 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5071 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5072 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5073 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5074 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5075 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5076 TypeResult 5077 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5078 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5079 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5080 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5081 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5082 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5083 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5084 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5085 5086 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5087 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5088 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5089 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5090 SourceLocation IILoc); 5091 5092 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5093 SourceLocation Loc, 5094 DeclarationName Name); 5095 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5096 5097 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5098 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5099 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5100 5101 std::string 5102 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5103 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5104 5105 std::string 5106 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5107 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5108 unsigned NumArgs); 5109 5110 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5111 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5112 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5113 5114 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5115 /// being diagnosed. 5116 /// 5117 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5118 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5119 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5120 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5121 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5122 5123 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5124 UPPC_BaseType, 5125 5126 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5127 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5128 5129 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5130 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5131 5132 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5133 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5134 5135 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5136 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5137 5138 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5139 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5140 5141 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5142 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5143 5144 /// \brief A using declaration. 5145 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5146 5147 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5148 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5149 5150 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5151 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5152 5153 /// \brief An initializer. 5154 UPPC_Initializer, 5155 5156 /// \brief A default argument. 5157 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5158 5159 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5160 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5161 5162 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5163 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5164 5165 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5166 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5167 5168 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5169 UPPC_IfExists, 5170 5171 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5172 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5173 5174 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5175 UPPC_Lambda, 5176 5177 /// \brief Block expression, 5178 UPPC_Block 5179}; 5180 5181 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5182 /// 5183 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5184 /// 5185 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5186 /// parameter packs. 5187 /// 5188 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5189 /// 5190 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5191 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5192 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5193 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5194 5195 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5196 /// diagnose the error. 5197 /// 5198 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5199 /// 5200 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5201 /// packs. 5202 /// 5203 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5204 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5205 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5206 5207 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5208 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5209 /// 5210 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5211 /// parameter packs. 5212 /// 5213 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5214 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5215 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5216 5217 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5218 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5219 /// 5220 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5221 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5222 /// 5223 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5224 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5225 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5226 5227 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5228 /// diagnose the error. 5229 /// 5230 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5231 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5232 /// 5233 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5234 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5235 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5236 5237 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5238 /// diagnose the error. 5239 /// 5240 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5241 /// 5242 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5243 /// parameter packs. 5244 /// 5245 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5246 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5247 TemplateName Template, 5248 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5249 5250 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5251 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5252 /// 5253 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5254 /// parameter packs. 5255 /// 5256 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5257 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5258 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5259 5260 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5261 /// template argument. 5262 /// 5263 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5264 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5265 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5266 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5267 5268 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5269 /// template argument. 5270 /// 5271 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5272 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5273 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5274 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5275 5276 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5277 /// type. 5278 /// 5279 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5280 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5281 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5282 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5283 5284 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5285 /// type. 5286 /// 5287 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5288 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5289 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5290 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5291 5292 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5293 /// nested-name-specifier. 5294 /// 5295 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5296 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5297 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5298 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5299 5300 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5301 /// name. 5302 /// 5303 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5304 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5305 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5306 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5307 5308 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5309 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5310 /// 5311 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5312 /// may already be invalid. 5313 /// 5314 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5315 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5316 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5317 5318 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5319 /// creates a pack expansion. 5320 /// 5321 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5322 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5323 /// 5324 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5325 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5326 5327 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5328 /// expansion. 5329 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5330 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5331 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5332 5333 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5334 /// expansion. 5335 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5336 SourceRange PatternRange, 5337 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5338 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5339 5340 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5341 /// creates a pack expansion. 5342 /// 5343 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5344 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5345 /// 5346 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5347 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5348 5349 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5350 /// creates a pack expansion. 5351 /// 5352 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5353 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5354 /// 5355 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5356 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5357 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5358 5359 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5360 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5361 /// transforming the pattern. 5362 /// 5363 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5364 /// pack expansion. 5365 /// 5366 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5367 /// the pack expansion. 5368 /// 5369 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5370 /// pattern. 5371 /// 5372 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5373 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5374 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5375 /// 5376 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5377 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5378 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5379 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5380 /// 5381 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5382 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5383 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5384 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5385 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5386 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5387 /// set this value in other cases. 5388 /// 5389 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5390 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5391 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5392 /// must be set. 5393 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5394 SourceRange PatternRange, 5395 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5396 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5397 bool &ShouldExpand, 5398 bool &RetainExpansion, 5399 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5400 5401 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5402 /// type. 5403 /// 5404 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5405 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5406 /// 5407 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5408 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5409 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5410 5411 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5412 /// parameter packs. 5413 /// 5414 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5415 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5416 /// 5417 /// \code 5418 /// void f(T...); 5419 /// \endcode 5420 /// 5421 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5422 /// a variadic function. 5423 /// 5424 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5425 /// false otherwise. 5426 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5427 5428 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5429 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5430 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5431 5432 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5433 /// 5434 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5435 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5436 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5437 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5438 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5439 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5440 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5441 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5442 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5443 TDK_Success = 0, 5444 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5445 TDK_Invalid, 5446 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5447 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5448 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5449 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5450 /// for every template parameter. 5451 TDK_Incomplete, 5452 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5453 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5454 TDK_Inconsistent, 5455 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5456 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5457 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5458 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5459 TDK_Underqualified, 5460 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5461 /// resulted in an error. 5462 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5463 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5464 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5465 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5466 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5467 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5468 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5469 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5470 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5471 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5472 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5473 /// template arguments for the given template. 5474 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5475 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5476 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5477 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5478 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5479 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5480 }; 5481 5482 TemplateDeductionResult 5483 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5484 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5485 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5486 5487 TemplateDeductionResult 5488 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5489 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5490 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5491 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5492 QualType *FunctionType, 5493 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5494 5495 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5496 // deduction for a call. 5497 struct OriginalCallArg { 5498 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5499 unsigned ArgIdx, 5500 QualType OriginalArgType) 5501 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5502 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5503 5504 QualType OriginalParamType; 5505 unsigned ArgIdx; 5506 QualType OriginalArgType; 5507 }; 5508 5509 TemplateDeductionResult 5510 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5511 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5512 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5513 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5514 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5515 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5516 5517 TemplateDeductionResult 5518 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5519 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5520 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5521 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5522 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5523 5524 TemplateDeductionResult 5525 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5526 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5527 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5528 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5529 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5530 5531 TemplateDeductionResult 5532 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5533 QualType ToType, 5534 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5535 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5536 5537 TemplateDeductionResult 5538 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5539 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5540 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5541 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5542 5543 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5544 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5545 DAR_Succeeded, 5546 DAR_Failed, 5547 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5548 }; 5549 5550 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5551 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5552 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5553 5554 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5555 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5556 SourceLocation Loc, 5557 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5558 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5559 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5560 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5561 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5562 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5563 SourceLocation Loc, 5564 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5565 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5566 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5567 bool Complain = true, 5568 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5569 5570 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5571 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5572 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5573 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5574 SourceLocation Loc); 5575 5576 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5577 bool OnlyDeduced, 5578 unsigned Depth, 5579 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5580 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5581 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5582 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5583 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5584 } 5585 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5586 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5587 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5588 5589 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5590 // C++ Template Instantiation 5591 // 5592 5593 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5594 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5595 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5596 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5597 5598 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5599 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5600 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5601 enum InstantiationKind { 5602 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5603 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5604 TemplateInstantiation, 5605 5606 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5607 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5608 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5609 /// arguments as specified. 5610 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5611 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5612 5613 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5614 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5615 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5616 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5617 5618 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5619 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5620 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5621 5622 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5623 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5624 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5625 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5626 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5627 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5628 5629 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5630 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5631 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5632 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5633 5634 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5635 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5636 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5637 5638 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5639 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5640 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5641 } Kind; 5642 5643 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5644 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5645 5646 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5647 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5648 /// arguments. 5649 NamedDecl *Template; 5650 5651 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5652 Decl *Entity; 5653 5654 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5655 /// are not part of the entity. 5656 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5657 5658 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5659 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5660 5661 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5662 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5663 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5664 5665 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5666 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5667 /// template instantiation. 5668 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5669 5670 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5671 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5672 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5673 5674 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5675 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5676 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5677 5678 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5679 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5680 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5681 return false; 5682 5683 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5684 return false; 5685 5686 switch (X.Kind) { 5687 case TemplateInstantiation: 5688 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5689 return true; 5690 5691 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5692 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5693 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5694 return false; 5695 5696 // Fall through 5697 5698 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5699 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5700 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5701 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5702 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5703 5704 } 5705 5706 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5707 } 5708 5709 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5710 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5711 return !(X == Y); 5712 } 5713 }; 5714 5715 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5716 /// 5717 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5718 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5719 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5720 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5721 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5722 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5723 5724 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5725 /// template instantiation. 5726 /// 5727 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5728 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5729 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5730 5731 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5732 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5733 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5734 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5735 5736 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5737 /// error or warning was produced. 5738 /// 5739 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5740 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5741 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5742 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5743 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5744 5745 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5746 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5747 /// 5748 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5749 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5750 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5751 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5752 5753 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5754 /// within a \c Sema object. 5755 /// 5756 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5757 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5758 Sema &Self; 5759 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5760 5761 public: 5762 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5763 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5764 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5765 } 5766 5767 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5768 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5769 } 5770 }; 5771 5772 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5773 5774 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5775 /// 5776 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5777 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5778 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5779 5780 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5781 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5782 /// deduction. 5783 /// 5784 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5785 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5786 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5787 5788 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5789 /// instantiation. 5790 /// 5791 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5792 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5793 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5794 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5795 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5796 /// 5797 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5798 /// the stack. 5799 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5800 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5801 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5802 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5803 Decl *Entity, 5804 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5805 5806 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5807 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5808 /// of a function template. 5809 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5810 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5811 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5812 5813 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5814 /// template-id. 5815 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5816 TemplateDecl *Template, 5817 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5818 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5819 5820 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5821 /// template-id. 5822 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5823 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5824 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5825 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5826 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5827 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5828 5829 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5830 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5831 /// specialization. 5832 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5833 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5834 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5835 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5836 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5837 5838 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5839 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5840 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5841 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5842 5843 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5844 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5845 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5846 NamedDecl *Template, 5847 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5848 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5849 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5850 5851 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5852 NamedDecl *Template, 5853 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5854 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5855 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5856 5857 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5858 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5859 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5860 TemplateDecl *Template, 5861 NamedDecl *Param, 5862 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5863 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5864 5865 5866 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5867 void Clear(); 5868 5869 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5870 5871 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5872 /// recursive template instantiations. 5873 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5874 5875 private: 5876 Sema &SemaRef; 5877 bool Invalid; 5878 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5879 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5880 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5881 5882 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5883 5884 InstantiatingTemplate& 5885 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5886 }; 5887 5888 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5889 5890 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5891 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5892 /// errors. 5893 /// 5894 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5895 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5896 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5897 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5898 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5899 5900 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5901 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5902 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5903 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5904 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5905 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5906 } 5907 5908 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5909 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5910 /// deduction.` 5911 class SFINAETrap { 5912 Sema &SemaRef; 5913 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5914 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5915 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5916 5917 public: 5918 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5919 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5920 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5921 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5922 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5923 { 5924 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5925 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5926 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5927 } 5928 5929 ~SFINAETrap() { 5930 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5931 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5932 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5933 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5934 } 5935 5936 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5937 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5938 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5939 } 5940 }; 5941 5942 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5943 /// variables. 5944 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5945 5946 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5947 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5948 5949 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5950 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5951 5952 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5953 /// name lookup. 5954 /// 5955 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5956 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5957 /// string represents a keyword. 5958 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5959 5960 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5961 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5962 5963 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5964 /// 5965 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5966 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5967 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5968 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5969 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5970 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5971 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5972 5973 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5974 /// but have not yet been performed. 5975 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5976 5977 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5978 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5979 /// 5980 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5981 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5982 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5983 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5984 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5985 5986 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5987 5988 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5989 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5990 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5991 5992 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5993 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5994 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5995 5996 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5997 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5998 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5999 6000 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6001 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6002 SourceLocation Loc, 6003 DeclarationName Entity, 6004 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6005 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6006 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6007 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6008 int indexAdjustment, 6009 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6010 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6011 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6012 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6013 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6014 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6015 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6016 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6017 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6018 6019 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6020 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6021 /// 6022 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6023 /// 6024 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6025 /// 6026 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6027 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6028 /// 6029 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6030 /// 6031 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6032 /// 6033 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6034 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6035 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6036 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6037 6038 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6039 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6040 6041 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6042 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6043 6044 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6045 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6046 bool CXXDirectInit); 6047 6048 bool 6049 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6050 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6051 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6052 6053 bool 6054 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6055 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6056 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6057 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6058 bool Complain = true); 6059 6060 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6061 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6062 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6063 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6064 6065 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6066 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6067 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6068 Decl *NewDecl; 6069 6070 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6071 Decl *D) 6072 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6073 { } 6074 }; 6075 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6076 6077 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6078 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6079 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6080 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6081 6082 bool 6083 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6084 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6085 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6086 bool Complain = true); 6087 6088 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6089 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6090 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6091 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6092 6093 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6094 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6095 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6096 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6097 6098 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6099 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6100 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6101 6102 DeclarationNameInfo 6103 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6104 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6105 TemplateName 6106 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6107 SourceLocation Loc, 6108 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6109 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6110 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6111 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6112 6113 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6114 FunctionDecl *Function); 6115 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6116 FunctionDecl *Function, 6117 bool Recursive = false, 6118 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6119 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6120 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6121 VarDecl *Var, 6122 bool Recursive = false, 6123 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6124 6125 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6126 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6127 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6128 6129 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6130 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6131 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6132 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6133 6134 // Objective-C declarations. 6135 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6136 OCK_None = -1, 6137 OCK_Interface = 0, 6138 OCK_Protocol, 6139 OCK_Category, 6140 OCK_ClassExtension, 6141 OCK_Implementation, 6142 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6143 }; 6144 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6145 6146 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6147 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6148 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6149 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6150 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6151 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6152 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6153 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6154 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6155 AttributeList *AttrList); 6156 6157 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6158 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6159 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6160 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6161 6162 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6163 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6164 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6165 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6166 6167 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6168 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6169 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6170 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6171 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6172 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6173 AttributeList *AttrList); 6174 6175 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6176 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6177 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6178 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6179 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6180 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6181 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6182 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6183 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6184 6185 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6186 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6187 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6188 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6189 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6190 6191 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6192 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6193 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6194 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6195 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6196 6197 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6198 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6199 6200 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6201 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6202 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6203 unsigned NumElts); 6204 6205 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6206 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6207 unsigned NumElts, 6208 AttributeList *attrList); 6209 6210 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6211 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6212 unsigned NumProtocols, 6213 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6214 6215 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6216 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6217 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6218 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6219 SourceLocation Loc, 6220 unsigned &Attributes, 6221 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6222 6223 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6224 /// setters and getters as needed. 6225 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6226 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6227 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6228 /// in class extension. 6229 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6230 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6231 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6232 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6233 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6234 6235 6236 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6237 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6238 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6239 6240 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6241 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6242 6243 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6244 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6245 6246 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6247 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6248 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6249 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6250 6251 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6252 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6253 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6254 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6255 bool *OverridingProperty, 6256 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6257 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6258 6259 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6260 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6261 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6262 bool ImplKind, 6263 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6264 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6265 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6266 6267 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6268 OSMK_None, 6269 OSMK_Alloc, 6270 OSMK_New, 6271 OSMK_Copy, 6272 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6273 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6274 }; 6275 6276 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6277 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6278 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6279 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6280 // in this case. 6281 ParsedType Type; 6282 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6283 6284 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6285 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6286 }; 6287 6288 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6289 Scope *S, 6290 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6291 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6292 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6293 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6294 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6295 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6296 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6297 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6298 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6299 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6300 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6301 6302 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6303 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6304 bool IsInstance); 6305 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6306 bool IsInstance); 6307 6308 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6309 6310 ExprResult 6311 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6312 Expr *BaseExpr, 6313 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6314 DeclarationName MemberName, 6315 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6316 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6317 bool Super); 6318 6319 ExprResult 6320 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6321 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6322 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6323 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6324 6325 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6326 6327 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6328 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6329 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6330 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6331 ObjCSuperMessage, 6332 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6333 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6334 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6335 /// name. 6336 ObjCClassMessage 6337 }; 6338 6339 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6340 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6341 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6342 bool IsSuper, 6343 bool HasTrailingDot, 6344 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6345 6346 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6347 Selector Sel, 6348 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6349 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6350 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6351 MultiExprArg Args); 6352 6353 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6354 QualType ReceiverType, 6355 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6356 Selector Sel, 6357 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6358 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6359 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6360 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6361 MultiExprArg Args, 6362 bool isImplicit = false); 6363 6364 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6365 bool isSuperReceiver, 6366 SourceLocation Loc, 6367 Selector Sel, 6368 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6369 MultiExprArg Args); 6370 6371 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6372 ParsedType Receiver, 6373 Selector Sel, 6374 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6375 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6376 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6377 MultiExprArg Args); 6378 6379 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6380 QualType ReceiverType, 6381 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6382 Selector Sel, 6383 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6384 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6385 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6386 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6387 MultiExprArg Args, 6388 bool isImplicit = false); 6389 6390 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6391 QualType ReceiverType, 6392 SourceLocation Loc, 6393 Selector Sel, 6394 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6395 MultiExprArg Args); 6396 6397 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6398 Expr *Receiver, 6399 Selector Sel, 6400 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6401 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6402 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6403 MultiExprArg Args); 6404 6405 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6406 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6407 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6408 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6409 Expr *SubExpr); 6410 6411 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6412 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6413 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6414 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6415 ParsedType Type, 6416 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6417 Expr *SubExpr); 6418 6419 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6420 6421 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6422 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6423 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6424 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6425 6426 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6427 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6428 RTC_Compatible, 6429 RTC_Incompatible, 6430 RTC_Unknown 6431 }; 6432 6433 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6434 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6435 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6436 6437 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6438 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6439 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6440 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6441 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6442 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6443 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6444 }; 6445 6446 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6447 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6448 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6449 6450 enum PragmaPackKind { 6451 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6452 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6453 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6454 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6455 }; 6456 6457 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6458 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6459 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6460 }; 6461 6462 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6463 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6464 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6465 Expr *Alignment, 6466 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6467 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6468 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6469 6470 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6471 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6472 6473 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6474 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6475 Scope *curScope, 6476 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6477 6478 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6479 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6480 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6481 6482 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6483 SourceLocation Loc); 6484 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6485 6486 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6487 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6488 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6489 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6490 6491 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6492 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6493 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6494 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6495 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6496 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6497 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6498 6499 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6500 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6501 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6502 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6503 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6504 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6505 6506 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6507 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6508 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6509 6510 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6511 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6512 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6513 6514 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6515 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6516 6517 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6518 void FreePackedContext(); 6519 6520 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6521 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6522 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6523 SourceLocation Loc); 6524 6525 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6526 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6527 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6528 6529 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6530 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6531 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6532 6533 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6534 void FreeVisContext(); 6535 6536 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6537 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6538 /// the appropriate attribute. 6539 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6540 6541 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6542 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6543 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 6544 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6545 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 6546 6547 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6548 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6549 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6550 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6551 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6552 CCK_CStyleCast, 6553 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6554 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6555 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6556 CCK_OtherCast 6557 }; 6558 6559 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6560 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6561 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6562 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6563 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6564 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6565 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6566 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6567 6568 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6569 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6570 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6571 6572 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6573 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6574 /// required. 6575 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6576 6577 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6578 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6579 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6580 6581 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6582 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6583 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6584 6585 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6586 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6587 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6588 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6589 6590 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6591 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6592 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6593 // type. 6594 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6595 6596 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6597 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6598 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6599 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6600 6601 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6602 enum VariadicCallType { 6603 VariadicFunction, 6604 VariadicBlock, 6605 VariadicMethod, 6606 VariadicConstructor, 6607 VariadicDoesNotApply 6608 }; 6609 6610 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6611 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6612 Expr *Fn); 6613 6614 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6615 // vararg function. 6616 enum VarArgKind { 6617 VAK_Valid, 6618 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6619 VAK_Invalid 6620 }; 6621 6622 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6623 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6624 6625 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6626 /// form of call prototypes. 6627 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6628 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6629 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6630 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6631 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6632 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6633 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6634 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6635 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6636 6637 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6638 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6639 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6640 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6641 6642 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6643 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6644 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6645 6646 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6647 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6648 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6649 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6650 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6651 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6652 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6653 6654 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6655 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6656 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6657 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6658 /// source and destination type. 6659 enum AssignConvertType { 6660 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6661 Compatible, 6662 6663 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6664 /// accept as an extension. 6665 PointerToInt, 6666 6667 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6668 /// accept as an extension. 6669 IntToPointer, 6670 6671 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6672 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6673 FunctionVoidPointer, 6674 6675 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6676 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6677 IncompatiblePointer, 6678 6679 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6680 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6681 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6682 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6683 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6684 6685 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6686 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6687 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6688 6689 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6690 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6691 /// like address spaces. 6692 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6693 6694 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6695 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6696 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6697 /// extension. 6698 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6699 6700 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6701 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6702 IncompatibleVectors, 6703 6704 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6705 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6706 IntToBlockPointer, 6707 6708 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6709 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6710 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6711 6712 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6713 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6714 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6715 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6716 6717 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6718 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6719 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6720 6721 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6722 /// represent it in the AST. 6723 Incompatible 6724 }; 6725 6726 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6727 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6728 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6729 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6730 SourceLocation Loc, 6731 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6732 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6733 bool *Complained = 0); 6734 6735 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6736 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6737 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6738 Expr *SrcExpr); 6739 6740 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6741 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6742 /// C99 6.5.16. 6743 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6744 QualType LHSType, 6745 QualType RHSType); 6746 6747 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6748 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6749 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6750 ExprResult &RHS, 6751 CastKind &Kind); 6752 6753 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6754 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6755 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6756 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6757 ExprResult &RHS, 6758 bool Diagnose = true); 6759 6760 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6761 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6762 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6763 ExprResult &RHS); 6764 6765 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6766 6767 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6768 6769 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6770 AssignmentAction Action, 6771 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6772 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6773 AssignmentAction Action, 6774 bool AllowExplicit, 6775 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6776 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6777 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6778 AssignmentAction Action, 6779 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6780 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6781 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6782 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6783 AssignmentAction Action, 6784 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6785 6786 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6787 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6788 6789 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6790 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6791 ExprResult &RHS); 6792 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6793 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6794 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6795 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6796 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6797 bool IsDivide); 6798 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6799 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6800 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6801 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6802 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6803 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6804 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6805 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6806 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6807 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6808 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6809 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6810 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6811 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6812 bool isRelational); 6813 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6814 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6815 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6816 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6817 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6818 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6819 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6820 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6821 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6822 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6823 6824 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6825 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6826 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6827 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6828 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6829 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6830 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6831 6832 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6833 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6834 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6835 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6836 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6837 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6838 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6839 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6840 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6841 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6842 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6843 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6844 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6845 NonStandardCompositeType); 6846 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6847 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6848 return Composite; 6849 } 6850 6851 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6852 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6853 6854 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6855 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6856 6857 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6858 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6859 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6860 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6861 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6862 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6863 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6864 SourceLocation Loc); 6865 6866 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6867 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6868 6869 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6870 6871 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6872 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6873 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6874 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6875 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6876 /// reference binding is not possible. 6877 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6878 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6879 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6880 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6881 Ref_Related, 6882 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6883 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6884 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6885 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6886 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6887 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6888 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6889 Ref_Compatible 6890 }; 6891 6892 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6893 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6894 bool &DerivedToBase, 6895 bool &ObjCConversion, 6896 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6897 6898 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6899 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6900 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6901 6902 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6903 /// given type. 6904 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6905 6906 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6907 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6908 /// 6909 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6910 /// argument is invalid. 6911 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6912 6913 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6914 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6915 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6916 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6917 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6918 CastKind &Kind); 6919 6920 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6921 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6922 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6923 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6924 // returns the cast expr 6925 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6926 CastKind &Kind); 6927 6928 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6929 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6930 Expr *CastExpr, 6931 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6932 6933 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6934 6935 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6936 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6937 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6938 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6939 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6940 6941 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6942 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6943 6944 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6945 QualType ExprType); 6946 6947 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6948 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6949 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6950 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6951 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6952 6953 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6954 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6955 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6956 6957 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6958 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6959 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6960 6961 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6962 /// \param Method - May be null. 6963 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6964 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6965 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6966 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6967 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6968 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6969 bool isSuperMessage, 6970 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6971 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6972 6973 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6974 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6975 /// and the form of the message send. 6976 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6977 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6978 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6979 6980 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6981 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6982 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6983 6984 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6985 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6986 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6987 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6988 /// 6989 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6990 /// 'if' keyword. 6991 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6992 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6993 6994 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6995 Expr *SubExpr); 6996 6997 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6998 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6999 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7000 7001 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7002 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7003 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7004 7005 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7006 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7007 7008 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7009 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7010 /// the specified diagnostic. 7011 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7012 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7013 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7014 7015 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7016 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7017 /// in the global scope. 7018 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7019 7020 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7021 /// expression violations. 7022 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7023 public: 7024 bool Suppress; 7025 7026 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7027 7028 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7029 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7030 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7031 }; 7032 7033 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7034 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7035 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7036 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7037 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7038 bool AllowFold = true); 7039 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7040 unsigned DiagID, 7041 bool AllowFold = true); 7042 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7043 7044 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7045 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7046 /// Returns false on success. 7047 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7048 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7049 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7050 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7051 7052 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7053 CFT_Device, 7054 CFT_Global, 7055 CFT_Host, 7056 CFT_HostDevice 7057 }; 7058 7059 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7060 7061 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7062 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7063 7064 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7065 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7066 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7067 } 7068 7069 /// \name Code completion 7070 //@{ 7071 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7072 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7073 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7074 PCC_Namespace, 7075 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7076 PCC_Class, 7077 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7078 /// or category. 7079 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7080 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7081 /// category implementation 7082 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7083 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7084 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7085 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7086 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7087 /// headers. 7088 PCC_Template, 7089 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7090 /// headers within a class. 7091 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7092 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7093 PCC_Expression, 7094 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7095 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7096 PCC_Statement, 7097 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7098 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7099 PCC_ForInit, 7100 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7101 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7102 PCC_Condition, 7103 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7104 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7105 /// in the grammar. 7106 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7107 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7108 PCC_Type, 7109 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7110 /// might also be a type cast. 7111 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7112 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7113 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7114 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7115 }; 7116 7117 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7118 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7119 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7120 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7121 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7122 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7123 7124 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7125 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7126 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7127 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7128 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7129 bool IsArrow); 7130 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7131 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7132 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7133 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7134 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7135 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7136 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7137 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7138 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7139 7140 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7141 bool EnteringContext); 7142 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7143 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7144 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7145 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7146 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7147 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7148 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7149 unsigned NumInitializers); 7150 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7151 bool AfterAmpersand); 7152 7153 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7154 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7155 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7156 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7157 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7158 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7159 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7160 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7161 bool IsParameter); 7162 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7163 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7164 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7165 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7166 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7167 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7168 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7169 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7170 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7171 bool IsSuper = false); 7172 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7173 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7174 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7175 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7176 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7177 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7178 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7179 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7180 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7181 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7182 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7183 unsigned NumProtocols); 7184 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7185 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7186 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7187 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7188 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7189 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7190 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7191 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7192 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7193 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7194 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7195 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7196 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7197 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7198 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7199 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7200 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7201 ParsedType ReturnType); 7202 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7203 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7204 bool AtParameterName, 7205 ParsedType ReturnType, 7206 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7207 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7208 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7209 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7210 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7211 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7212 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7213 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7214 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7215 unsigned Argument); 7216 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7217 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7218 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7219 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7220 //@} 7221 7222 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7223 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7224 7225public: 7226 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7227 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7228 7229private: 7230 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7231 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7232 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7233 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7234 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7235 // FunctionDeclaration. 7236 struct FormatStringInfo { 7237 unsigned FormatIdx; 7238 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7239 bool HasVAListArg; 7240 }; 7241 7242 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7243 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7244 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7245 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7246 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7247 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7248 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7249 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7250 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7251 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7252 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7253 SourceLocation Loc); 7254 7255 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7256 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7257 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7258 VariadicCallType CallType); 7259 7260 7261 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7262 7263 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7264 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7265 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7266 7267 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7268 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7269 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7270 7271public: 7272 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7273 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7274 7275private: 7276 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7277 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7278 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7279 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7280 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7281 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7282 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7283 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7284 7285 enum FormatStringType { 7286 FST_Scanf, 7287 FST_Printf, 7288 FST_NSString, 7289 FST_Strftime, 7290 FST_Strfmon, 7291 FST_Kprintf, 7292 FST_Unknown 7293 }; 7294 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7295 7296 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7297 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7298 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7299 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7300 }; 7301 7302 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7303 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7304 bool HasVAListArg, 7305 unsigned format_idx, 7306 unsigned firstDataArg, 7307 FormatStringType Type, 7308 VariadicCallType CallType, 7309 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7310 7311 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7312 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7313 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7314 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7315 VariadicCallType CallType); 7316 7317 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7318 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7319 bool IsCXXMember, 7320 VariadicCallType CallType, 7321 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7322 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7323 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7324 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7325 VariadicCallType CallType, 7326 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7327 7328 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7329 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7330 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7331 7332 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7333 unsigned BId, 7334 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7335 7336 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7337 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7338 7339 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7340 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7341 7342 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7343 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7344 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7345 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7346 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7347 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7348 7349 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7350 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7351 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7352 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7353 7354 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7355 Expr *Init); 7356 7357public: 7358 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7359 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7360 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7361 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7362 7363 struct TypeTagData { 7364 TypeTagData() {} 7365 7366 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7367 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7368 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7369 {} 7370 7371 QualType Type; 7372 7373 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7374 /// layout-compatibility. 7375 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7376 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7377 }; 7378 7379 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7380 /// identifies the magic value. 7381 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7382 7383private: 7384 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7385 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7386 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7387 7388 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7389 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7390 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7391 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7392 7393 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7394 /// 7395 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7396 Scope *CurScope; 7397 7398protected: 7399 friend class Parser; 7400 friend class InitializationSequence; 7401 friend class ASTReader; 7402 friend class ASTWriter; 7403 7404public: 7405 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7406 /// 7407 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7408 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7409 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7410 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7411 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7412 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7413 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7414 7415 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7416 7417 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7418 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7419 } 7420 7421 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7422 7423 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7424 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7425 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7426 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7427 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7428 return DC; 7429 } 7430}; 7431 7432/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7433class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7434 Sema &Actions; 7435 7436public: 7437 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7438 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7439 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7440 bool IsDecltype = false) 7441 : Actions(Actions) { 7442 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7443 IsDecltype); 7444 } 7445 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7446 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7447 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7448 bool IsDecltype = false) 7449 : Actions(Actions) { 7450 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7451 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7452 IsDecltype); 7453 } 7454 7455 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7456 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7457 } 7458}; 7459 7460} // end namespace clang 7461 7462#endif 7463